Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Air Conditioning
      • Automatic System
        • HVAC Service Specifications
        • HVAC Specifications
        • HVAC Torque Specifications
    • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
    • Battery
      • Battery Service Specifications
      • Battery Torque Specifications
    • Brakes
      • Bleeding Sequence
      • Disc Brakes
        • Disc Brake Service Specifications
        • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
    • Charging System
      • Generator
        • Generator Service Specifications
        • Generator Torque Specifications
    • Drive Belts
      • Drive Belt Adjustment Specifications
      • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
    • Engine Cooling
      • Service
        • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
      • Radiator Cap Pressure
      • Thermostat Removal & Installation
      • Water Pump Removal & Installation
    • Engine Mechanical
      • Compression
      • Oil Pressure
      • Overhaul
      • Torque
    • Fluid Specifications
    • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
    • Fuel System
      • Fuel Pressure
        • Fuel Pressure Specifications
      • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
    • Ignition
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Spark Plugs
        • Spark Plug Specifications
    • Starting
      • Starter Motor
        • Starter Applications
        • Starter Torque Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment
      • Adjustment Specifications
      • Torque
    • Wheel & Tire
      • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCS)
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (Component Connector End Views)
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Blower Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Connector End View
        • Lower Lumbar Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Lower Lumbar Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly - Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C4 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Back Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Back Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Cushion Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Cushion Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Upper Lumbar Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Upper Lumbar Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Left Door Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Right Door Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Console Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Switch - Console Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LR (Europe) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RR (Europe) Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp High Beam Solenoid - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp High Beam Solenoid - Right Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Park Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Position Lamp - LF (T90) Connector End View
        • Position Lamp - RF (T90) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly - Left Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 Connector End View
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Relay Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Driver Exterior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Passenger Exterior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Driver Interior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Passenger Interior Connector End View
        • Door Latch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Latch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Lock Indicator - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Indicator - Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C3 Connector End View
        • CD Changer C1 Connector End View
        • CD Changer C2 Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View
        • Radio C2 Connector End View
        • Radio C3 (Japan) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Left Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Right C1 Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Right C2 Connector End View
        • Speaker - Center Connector End View
        • Speaker - Driver Seat Left Connector End View
        • Speaker - Driver Seat Right Connector End View
        • Speaker - Passenger Seat Left Connector End View
        • Speaker - Passenger Seat Right Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Midrange Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP208 Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pulse-Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Connector End View
        • Steering Column Lock Control Connector End View Module C1 (Export)
        • Steering Column Lock Control Connector End View Module C2 (Export)
        • Telescoping Drive Motor Connector End View
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View
        • Tilt/Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C1
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C2
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C3
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LF
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RF
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 1 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 2 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Intake Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Control Module Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) / Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C3 Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw and Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Traffic Information Receiver (Japan) Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Folding Top Closed Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C1 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C2 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C3 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Folding Top Switch Connector End View
        • Front Tonneau Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Header Latch Switch Connector End View
        • Header Unlatch Switch Connector End View
        • Luggage Barrier Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Open Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release/Close Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Tonneau Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Valet Switch Connector End View
        • Dimmer/Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Head Up Display Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Component View
        • Fuel Door Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Fuel Door Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Exterior Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Interior Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch LED Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C4 Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Back-up Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Left Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Right Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) C1 Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) C2 Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor (Export) Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Defeat Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren (Export) Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View (C1)
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View (C2)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM, Fuse Identification Connector End View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Wire Entry Pinout Connector End View
        • Relay Block - I/P Wire Entry Pinout Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (Component Connector End Views)
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Notes
          • Testing Procedures
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Splicing Copper Wire
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Notes
          • Splicing Copper Wire
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Notes
          • Connector Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener System
      • Schematic And Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (DDM/PDM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (RCDLR)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600 or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, B1712, or B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2517 or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3142 or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3170, B3175, or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Trim Panel Air Duct and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Map Pocket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Touch Pad/Electric Release - Door Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Actuator Replacement - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement with Handle and Cable - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment - Door
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Operation
          • Express Up or Down Operation
          • Anti-Trap Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Operation
          • Power Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematic Icons
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • DTC B3119
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative (Active Entry)
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative (Passive Entry)
        • Key Fob Not Detected
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming (Domestic)
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - Key Fob Quick Learn
          • Method 2 - Key Fob Slot Programming
          • Method 3 - Key Fob Auto Learn
          • Method 4 - Service Programming System Fob Programming
        • Transmitter Programming (Export - Including Canada)
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - Key Fob Quick Learn
          • Method 2 - Service Programming System Fob Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation-Active
          • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation-Passive
          • Starting the Vehicle/ACC mode
          • Vehicle ON Engine OFF mode
          • Turning OFF the Vehicle
          • Unlock Drivers Door Only-Active
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation-Active
          • Unlock Drivers Door Only-Passive
          • Unlock All Doors-Passive
          • Lock All Doors-Active
          • Lock All Doors-Passive
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release-Active
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release-Passive
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3089
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative (w/o RPO UA2)
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative (w/ RPO UA2)
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
        • Intrusion Sensor Inoperative (w/ RPO UA2)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative (European Content)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Intrusion Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (RCDLR Setup)
          • RCDLR Setup Procedure
          • Conditions
          • Setup New RCDLR
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Domestic Vehicles)
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Export Vehicles (including Canada))
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • Personalization
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) System
          • The Start Button
          • Key fobs
          • Keyless Entry Antenna Backup
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Changing the Keyless Access with Push Button Start components
  • Collision/Avoidance
    • Rear Parking Assist System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Rear Parking Assist Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Parking Assist Component Views
        • Rear Parking Assist Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Displaying
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Clearing
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Moving
          • Vehicle Stopped
        • Symptoms - Ultrasonic Rear Parking Assist
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Rear Parking Assist Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Rear Parking Assist Inoperative - Red Indicator Flashes
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Information Center Telltale Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Object Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Object Sensor Housing Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Object Alarm Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Object Detection Description and Operation
  • Communication Devices
    • Computer/Integrating Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Schematic Icons
        • Body Control System Schematics
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Component Views
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Computer/Integrating Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0976, B0977, or B0978
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B0976-B0978 01
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1013
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1014
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1370
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1440
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1451
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B1451 02
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1000 and U1255
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2100
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U2105-U2199
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Control Module References
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Data Link Connector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration
          • Introduction
          • BCM Setup
          • BPP Sensor Calibration
          • Program VIN
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • GMLAN Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Circuit Description
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • GMLAN Serial Data Line
          • Class 2 Serial Data Line
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • BCM Overview
          • Gateway
          • BCM Functions
          • Electrical Load Management
          • Serial Data Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Fail-safe Operation
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
            • PCM and TCM Power Mode Backup Strategy
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Service Programming System
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Disengagement)
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control (DSCC) Module
        • Engine Control Module (ECM)
      • DTC B3623
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B3794
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0800
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C1002
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0703
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Gap Up/Down Switch Malfunction
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Conditions for Enabling Cruise Control
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Aiming Procedure
        • Tools Required
        • DSCC Aiming Set Up Procedure
        • DSCC Aiming Procedure
    • Maintenance
      • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Maintenance
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation (Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC))
        • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
        • Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Distance Sensing Cruise Control (DSCC) Module
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Module
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
          • Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Head Up Display (HUD)
          • Radio Amplifier
          • The Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor
          • Accelerator Pedal
        • Cruise Control Switch
          • Notes
          • On/Off Switch
          • The Set/Decrease Switch
          • The Resume/Increase Switch
        • Gap Up/Down Switch
        • Cruise Indicators and Messages
          • Service Radar Cruise
          • Cruise Not Ready
          • Clean Radar
          • Cruise Engaged Indicator
          • Set Speed
          • Follow Distance
          • Cruise Speed Limited
          • Vehicle Ahead Indicator
          • Tight Curve
          • Driver Alert
        • Cruise Engaged
        • Cruise Inhibited
          • DSCC Module Inhibits
          • ECM Inhibits
        • Cruise Disengaged
        • Other Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Features
          • Automatic Alignment
          • Mechanical Alignment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3624
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative (Audio)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative (MUTE/SEEK UP Switch Inoperative)
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative Only on Digital Radio
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative All Modes
          • All Speakers Inoperative Only on Digital Radio
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Changer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Ground Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Driver Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Passenger Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Driver Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Passenger Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theftlock
            • Radio
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • CD Changer
          • Radio Personalization w/ Home and Away Feature (If equipped)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Finding an RDS Station
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Viewing Messages
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a PTY
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • HVAC
          • Instrument Panel Controller (IPC)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2540
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2646
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Console Lamp Always On
        • Console Lamp Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Lights On Indicator Always On
        • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Underhood Lamp Always On
        • Underhood Lamp Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Visual Method)
          • Notes
          • Aiming Area Preparation
          • Vehicle Preparation
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Export, LH Rule of the Road)
        • Headlamp Aiming (Export, RH Rule of the Road)
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear (Export)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement (Export)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) Low Beam Headlamps
            • Notes
            • High Intensity Discharge (HID) High Beam Headlamps
            • Run Up Of The Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
            • Light Color
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Warning Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Underhood Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0521
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1617
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - SIR
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil Now
          • Change Engine Oil Soon
          • Check Gages
          • High Oil Temperature, Reduce Engine Rpm
          • Ice Possible
          • Km/h and MPH Indicator(s)
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Reserve Fuel
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Info Up
          • Info Down
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Average Speed
            • Battery Voltage
            • Check Oil Level
            • Coolant Temperature
            • Oil Life Remaining
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Oil Pressure
            • Oil Temp
            • Timer
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Reset
          • On/Off
          • Options
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
          • Vehicle Speed Display
          • Radio Display
          • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Additional Warnings
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • HVAC
          • Instrument Panel Controller (IPC)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2540
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2646
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Console Lamp Always On
        • Console Lamp Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Lights On Indicator Always On
        • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Underhood Lamp Always On
        • Underhood Lamp Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Visual Method)
          • Notes
          • Aiming Area Preparation
          • Vehicle Preparation
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Export, LH Rule of the Road)
        • Headlamp Aiming (Export, RH Rule of the Road)
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear (Export)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement (Export)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) Low Beam Headlamps
            • Notes
            • High Intensity Discharge (HID) High Beam Headlamps
            • Run Up Of The Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
            • Light Color
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Warning Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Underhood Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Windshield Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Assembly Replacement - Cellular and Navigation
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • OnStar Microphone Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3624
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative (Audio)
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative (MUTE/SEEK UP Switch Inoperative)
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speakers - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative Only on Digital Radio
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative All Modes
          • All Speakers Inoperative Only on Digital Radio
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote CD Changer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fixed Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Ground Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Driver Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Passenger Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Driver Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Grille Replacement - Passenger Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Radio Reception
            • Radio Signal
            • AM Reception
            • FM Reception
            • XM Satellite Radio
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theftlock
            • Radio
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • CD Changer
          • Radio Personalization w/ Home and Away Feature (If equipped)
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
            • Displaying Program Information
            • Finding an RDS Station
            • Using the RDS Traffic Feature
            • Viewing Messages
            • RDS Clock Time
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Selecting a PTY
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Navigation Systems
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Navigation System Schematic Icons
        • Navigation System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Navigation System Component Views
        • Navigation System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2462
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2463
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2464
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2465
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2466
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2468
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2474
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • Navigation System - Voice Recognition Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Navigation Display Module Replacement
        • Antenna Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • VICS Module - Export
          • Voice Recognition
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (DDM/PDM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (RCDLR)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600 or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, B1712, or B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2517 or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3142 or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3170, B3175, or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Trim Panel Air Duct and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Map Pocket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Touch Pad/Electric Release - Door Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Actuator Replacement - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement with Handle and Cable - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment - Door
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Operation
          • Express Up or Down Operation
          • Anti-Trap Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Operation
          • Power Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Exterior Trim
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0521
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1617
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - SIR
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil Now
          • Change Engine Oil Soon
          • Check Gages
          • High Oil Temperature, Reduce Engine Rpm
          • Ice Possible
          • Km/h and MPH Indicator(s)
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Reserve Fuel
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Info Up
          • Info Down
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Average Speed
            • Battery Voltage
            • Check Oil Level
            • Coolant Temperature
            • Oil Life Remaining
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Oil Pressure
            • Oil Temp
            • Timer
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Reset
          • On/Off
          • Options
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
          • Vehicle Speed Display
          • Radio Display
          • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Additional Warnings
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Kick-Up Panel Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Lock Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Retainer Replacement - Folding Top Headliner Trim Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Retainer Replacement - Folding Top Headliner Trim Panel - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Folding Top Front Panel Link Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Roof Bow
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Window Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Assembly Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor Panel Stowage
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Assembly Replacement - Roof Bar Tube
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • HVAC
          • Instrument Panel Controller (IPC)
        • DTC B1480
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2530
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2540
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2580
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2646
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3948
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3949
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3950
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3951
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0277
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0278
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0572
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0573
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Backup Lamps Always On
        • Backup Lamps Inoperative
        • Console Lamp Always On
        • Console Lamp Inoperative
        • Courtesy Lamps Always On
        • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Always On
        • Exterior Courtesy Lamp(s) Inoperative
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
        • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
        • Fog Lamps Always On
        • Fog Lamps Inoperative
        • Hazard Lamps Always On
        • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
        • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
        • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams
        • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
        • High Beam Indicator Always On
        • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
        • Illuminated Entry Lamps Inoperative
        • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
        • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Inoperative
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Always On
        • License Lamps Inoperative
        • Lights On Indicator Always On
        • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
        • Park Lamps Always On
        • Park Lamps Inoperative
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative - Inside
        • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
        • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
        • Underhood Lamp Always On
        • Underhood Lamp Inoperative
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Ambient Light Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
        • Hazard Lamp Flasher Replacement
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Visual Method)
          • Notes
          • Aiming Area Preparation
          • Vehicle Preparation
          • Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Aiming (Export, LH Rule of the Road)
        • Headlamp Aiming (Export, RH Rule of the Road)
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Rear (Export)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement (Export)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cargo Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail/Turn Signal Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • High Intensity Discharge (HID) Low Beam Headlamps
            • Notes
            • High Intensity Discharge (HID) High Beam Headlamps
            • Run Up Of The Lamp
            • When To Change The HID Bulb
            • Light Color
          • Automatic Lamp Control/Twilight Sentinel
          • Flash to Pass (FTP)
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Turn Signal Lamps
          • Hazard Warning Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy Lamps
          • Keyless Entry Interior Illumination
          • Vanity Lamps
          • IP Compartment Lamp
          • Underhood Lamp
          • Interior Lamps Dimming
          • Driver Controls and Modules
          • Battery Rundown Protection / Inadvertent Power
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
        • Vehicle Personalization
          • Programming Features with the Driver Information Center (DIC)
            • Enter Programming
            • Driver Selection
            • Exit Lights
            • Fob Reminder
            • Passive Locking
            • Perimeter Lighting
            • Auto Lock
            • Park Assist
            • Auto Recall
            • Auto Exit Recall
            • Flash At Unlock
            • Flash At Lock
            • DIC Language
            • Exit Programming
          • Additional Information
        • Driver Personalization
          • Memory Seat and Memory Mirror Programming
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (DDM/PDM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (RCDLR)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600 or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, B1712, or B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2517 or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3142 or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3170, B3175, or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Trim Panel Air Duct and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Map Pocket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Touch Pad/Electric Release - Door Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Actuator Replacement - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement with Handle and Cable - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment - Door
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Operation
          • Express Up or Down Operation
          • Anti-Trap Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Operation
          • Power Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Windshield Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366, or B2376
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767, or B2772
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with A45)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Driver Seat Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Passenger Seat Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Driver Seat Rear Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Passenger Seat Rear Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pad Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pad Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pad Replacement - Driver Seat Back Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pad Replacement - Passenger Seat Back Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pad Replacement - Driver Seat Back Insert
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pad Replacement - Passenger Seat Back Insert
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Driver Seat Back Insert
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Passenger Seat Back Insert
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Bladder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knob Replacement - Power Seat Switch - Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knob Replacement - Power Seat Switch - Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Driver Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Passenger Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Driver Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Passenger Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Driver Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Passenger Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Driver Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Passenger Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Driver Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Passenger Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and ground
          • Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Climate Controlled Seat (CCS) System
          • Heated/Cooled Seat Switch and HVAC Control Module
          • CCSM Power and Ground
          • Heated/Cooled Seat Ventilation Modules
          • Temperature Sensors
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Cooled Seat Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Memory Function Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • SCLCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • DPM Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0005
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2510
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2515
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2853, B2858, B2873, or B2878
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B2860
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2880
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2897
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2907
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B2910
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Column Tilt/Telescoping Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Steering Column Does Not Tilt Up/Down
          • Test Description
        • Steering Column Does Not Telescope In/Out
          • Test Description
        • Service Column Lock Indicator Always On
        • Service Column Lock Indicator Inoperative
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Lock Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Module Setup (SCLCM Setup)
          • Notes
          • Set Up Steering Column Lock Control Module
        • Control Module Setup (Column Calibration)
          • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stops
          • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stop Programming Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tilt Actuator Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Telescope Actuator Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Electronic Lock Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Power Tilt and Telescope)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Tilt/Telescoping Description
          • Tilt/Telescoping Operation
          • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Data List (Domestic and Europe Export)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Japan Export Only)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Domestic and Europe Export)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Japan Export Only)
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0774
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the DIC
          • Using the Scan Tool
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Tools Required
          • TPM Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Functions Using J-41760
          • Sensor Function Using J-46079
          • TPM Learn Mode Cancellation
          • Sensor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation (Domestic and Europe Export)
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation (Japan Export Only)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (DDM/PDM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (RCDLR)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600 or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, B1712, or B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2517 or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3142 or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3170, B3175, or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Trim Panel Air Duct and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Map Pocket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Touch Pad/Electric Release - Door Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Actuator Replacement - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement with Handle and Cable - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment - Door
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Operation
          • Express Up or Down Operation
          • Anti-Trap Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Operation
          • Power Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Windshield Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3810
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3810 02
            • B3810 05
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B3810 02
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
        • Washers Inoperative - Headlamp
        • Washers Always On - Headlamp
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Headlamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Headlamp Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
        • Wiper Drive System Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Crank Arm Replacement
        • Windshield Outside Moisture Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Headlamp Washer Nozzle Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Windshield Wiper/Washer Signals to the BCM
          • Low Washer Fluid Message
        • Headlamp Washer System Description and Operation
          • Headlamp Washer System Components
          • Headlamp Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (DDM/PDM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (RCDLR)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600 or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, B1712, or B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2517 or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3142 or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3170, B3175, or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Trim Panel Air Duct and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Map Pocket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Touch Pad/Electric Release - Door Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Actuator Replacement - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement with Handle and Cable - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment - Door
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Operation
          • Express Up or Down Operation
          • Anti-Trap Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Operation
          • Power Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematic Icons
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Keyless Entry Component Views
        • Keyless Entry Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • DTC B3119
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3121
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative (Active Entry)
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative (Passive Entry)
        • Key Fob Not Detected
      • Repair Instructions
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - IP
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Ignition Lock Key Transmitter - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming (Domestic)
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - Key Fob Quick Learn
          • Method 2 - Key Fob Slot Programming
          • Method 3 - Key Fob Auto Learn
          • Method 4 - Service Programming System Fob Programming
        • Transmitter Programming (Export - Including Canada)
          • Notes
          • Method 1 - Key Fob Quick Learn
          • Method 2 - Service Programming System Fob Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation-Active
          • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation-Passive
          • Starting the Vehicle/ACC mode
          • Vehicle ON Engine OFF mode
          • Turning OFF the Vehicle
          • Unlock Drivers Door Only-Active
          • Unlock All Doors-Second Operation-Active
          • Unlock Drivers Door Only-Passive
          • Unlock All Doors-Passive
          • Lock All Doors-Active
          • Lock All Doors-Passive
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release-Active
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release-Passive
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B3089
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/MIL
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative (w/o RPO UA2)
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative (w/ RPO UA2)
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
        • Intrusion Sensor Inoperative (w/ RPO UA2)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative (European Content)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Theft Deterrent Intrusion Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • LED Indicator Replacement - Vehicle Security System
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (RCDLR Setup)
          • RCDLR Setup Procedure
          • Conditions
          • Setup New RCDLR
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Domestic Vehicles)
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components (Export Vehicles (including Canada))
          • Notes
          • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • Personalization
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Body Control Module (BCM)
            • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) System
          • The Start Button
          • Key fobs
          • Keyless Entry Antenna Backup
          • Body Control Module (BCM)
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • SECURITY Telltale
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Changing the Keyless Access with Push Button Start components
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Windnoise
        • Interior Windnoise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Replacement - Secondary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Ball Stud Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Fender to Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Filler Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Plenum Water Flow Direction and Cleaning
          • Plenum Chamber and Drain Valve-Cleaning
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1297
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3265
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • B3265 01
            • B3265 06
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • B3265 01
            • B3265 06
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3618
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3641
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Inoperative
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Rear Hatch/Gate Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lid Valet Lock Out Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Partition Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Roof Lift-off Panel/Window Latch Trim with Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Side Trim Replacement - LH Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Side Trim Replacement - RH Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Net Replacement - Rear Compartment Stowage Tray
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Trim Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Trim Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Pocket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Release Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quarter Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Fuel Fill Door Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Close Out Panel - Front Bumper Fascia Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Grille Replacement - Front Bumper - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Extension Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bumper Extension Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (DDM/PDM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (RCDLR)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600 or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, B1712, or B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2517 or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3142 or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3170, B3175, or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Trim Panel Air Duct and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Map Pocket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Touch Pad/Electric Release - Door Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Actuator Replacement - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement with Handle and Cable - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment - Door
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Operation
          • Express Up or Down Operation
          • Anti-Trap Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Operation
          • Power Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Exterior Trim
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Front Fender
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Head Up Display Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
        • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0461
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0521
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1617
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2066
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Gages
            • Indicators
            • Driver Information Center
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
        • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Up Display Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - SIR
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ashtray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
          • Voltmeter
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil Now
          • Change Engine Oil Soon
          • Check Gages
          • High Oil Temperature, Reduce Engine Rpm
          • Ice Possible
          • Km/h and MPH Indicator(s)
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Reserve Fuel
          • Service Vehicle Soon
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Info Up
          • Info Down
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy
            • Average Speed
            • Battery Voltage
            • Check Oil Level
            • Coolant Temperature
            • Oil Life Remaining
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Oil Pressure
            • Oil Temp
            • Timer
            • Tire Pressure Monitor
          • Reset
          • On/Off
          • Options
        • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Indicator Displays
          • Vehicle Speed Display
          • Radio Display
          • Control Switches
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Key-In-Ignition Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Additional Warnings
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Kick-Up Panel Replacement - Front Floor
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Foot Rest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Hinge Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Replacement - Lock Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Sill Plate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Retainer Replacement - Folding Top Headliner Trim Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Retainer Replacement - Folding Top Headliner Trim Panel - Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Folding Top Front Panel Link Trim
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Headliner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Roof Bow
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Garnish Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Rear Window
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Window Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Quarter
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Assembly Replacement - Rear Compartment Floor Panel Stowage
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Assembly Replacement - Roof Bar Tube
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Crossmember Bolt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Bolt Replacement - Rear (Forward Bolt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crossmember Bolt Replacement - Rear (Rearward Bolt)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Skid Bar Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (DDM/PDM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (RCDLR)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600 or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, B1712, or B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2517 or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3142 or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3170, B3175, or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Trim Panel Air Duct and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Map Pocket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Touch Pad/Electric Release - Door Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Actuator Replacement - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement with Handle and Cable - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment - Door
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Operation
          • Express Up or Down Operation
          • Anti-Trap Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Operation
          • Power Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Windshield Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815, or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B2355, B2365, or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366, or B2376
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767, or B2772
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with A45)
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Driver Seat Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Finish Panel Replacement - Passenger Seat Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Driver Seat Rear Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Passenger Seat Rear Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pad Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Pad Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pad Replacement - Driver Seat Back Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pad Replacement - Passenger Seat Back Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pad Replacement - Driver Seat Back Insert
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pad Replacement - Passenger Seat Back Insert
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Driver Seat Back Insert
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cover Replacement - Passenger Seat Back Insert
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Bladder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Track Cover Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knob Replacement - Power Seat Switch - Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knob Replacement - Power Seat Switch - Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Seat Climate Control - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Driver Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Passenger Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Driver Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Passenger Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Driver Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Module Replacement - Ventilation Heat and Cool - Passenger Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Driver Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Passenger Seat Cushion
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Driver Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Duct Replacement - Ventilation - Passenger Seat Back
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and ground
          • Lumbar Support System Operation
        • Heated/Cooled Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Climate Controlled Seat (CCS) System
          • Heated/Cooled Seat Switch and HVAC Control Module
          • CCSM Power and Ground
          • Heated/Cooled Seat Ventilation Modules
          • Temperature Sensors
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Cooled Seat Operation
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Memory Function Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Folding Roof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Folding Top Clearance Gap Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Folding Top Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Folding Top Hydraulic Cylinder Hose Identification
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Folding Top Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Roof
          • HVAC
          • Driver Door Module (DDM)
          • Passenger Door Module (PDM)
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1300
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1310
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3602
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3665
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3666
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3669
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3670
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3971
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Folding Top Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Folding Top Does Not Open
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Folding Top Does Not Close
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Folding Top Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Striker Adjustment - Rear
        • Folding Top Striker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top - Adding Fluid
        • Folding Top Pump with Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Hydraulic System Bleeding Procedure
        • Opening the Folding Top
          • Notes
          • DIC Warnings and Messages
        • Closing the Folding Top
          • Notes
          • DIC Warnings and Messages
        • Folding Top Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Position Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Panel Adjustment - Front
          • Notes
          • Fore/Aft and Cross Car Adjustment Procedure
          • Front Panel to Rear Panel Adjustment Procedure
          • Pin Approach Angle Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Panel Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Panel Adjustment - Rear
          • Notes
          • Fore/Aft and Cross Car Adjustment Procedure
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Panel Strut Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Compartment Lid Strut Actuator Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Latch Hydraulic Cylinder Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Closeout Panel Hydraulic Cylinder Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Hydraulic Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Panel Hydraulic Cylinder Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Compartment Lid Hydraulic Cylinder Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Hydraulic Cylinder Hose Replacement - All
          • Tools Required
          • Replacement Procedure
        • Folding Top Pivot Link Bracket Replacement - Rear Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Pivot Link Bracket Replacement - Rear Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Rear Panel Weatherstrip Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Rear Panel Weatherstrip Replacement - Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Weatherstrip Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Weatherstrip Retainer Replacement - Side Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Front Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Latch Position Sensor Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Latch Cable Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Latch Cable Adjustment - Front
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Locating Pin Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Locating Pin Adjustment - Front
          • Notes
          • Fore/Aft and Cross Car Adjustment Procedure
          • Front Panel to Windshield Header Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Locating Pin Receiver Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Locating Pin Receiver Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down and Cross Car Adjustment Procedure
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Locating Pin Receiver Position Sensor Switch Replacement - Front
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Closeout Panel Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Closeout Panel Adjustment - Front
          • Notes
          • Fore/Aft and Cross Car Adjustment Procedure
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Closeout Panel Replacement - Front Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Closeout Panel Adjustment - Front Outer
          • Fore/Aft and Cross Car Adjustment Procedure
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Closeout Panel Position Switch Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Panel Adjustment - Rear
          • Notes
          • Fore/Aft and Cross Car Adjustment Procedure
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Panel Trim Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Panel Seal Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Closeout Panel Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Stowage Compartment Receiver Support with Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Front Panel Support with Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Closeout Panel Hinge Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Storage Compartment Panel Position Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Quarter Inner Frame Support Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Panel Hold Down Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Quarter Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Quarter Window Adjustment
          • Fore/Aft and Cross Car Adjustment Procedure
          • Approach Angle Adjustment Procedure (First Design)
          • Approach Angle Adjustment Procedure (Second Design)
        • Folding Top Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Compartment Lid Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Compartment Lid Position Sensor Switch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Folding Top Compartment Lid Position Sensor Switch Adjustment - Rear
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Folding Top Compartment Lid Adjustment - Rear
          • Notes
          • Fore/Aft Adjustment Procedure
          • Cross Car Adjustment Procedure - First Design
          • Cross Car Adjustment Procedure - Second Design
          • Rear Compartment Lid Wing Adjustment Procedure - Up/Down
          • Rear Compartment Lid Adjustment Procedure - Up/Down
        • Power Folding Top Calibration Procedure
          • Notes
          • Folding Top Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Water Management Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Weatherstrip Cleaning Procedures
            • Windshield Frame Weatherstrip
            • Rear Panel Weatherstrip - Upper Folding Top
            • Rear Panel Weatherstrip - Lower Folding Top
        • Folding Top Manual Operation
          • Manually Moving the Folding Top from the Down Position
          • Manually Moving the Folding Top from the Up Position
        • Power Folding Top Description and Operation
          • Power Folding Top System Components
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Potentiometer Sensors
          • Hydraulic Control
          • Pump Motor
          • Driver Notification
          • Default Operation
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1011
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (DDM/PDM)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1474, B2981, B3848, or B3849 (RCDLR)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1580 or B1590
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1600 or B1605
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707, B1712, or B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2517 or B2518
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3142 or B3152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3145 or B3155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3170, B3175, or B3280
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3205
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3467, or B3472
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3542
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Window Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
        • Door Lock Indicator Malfunction
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - One Door or Switch
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Driver Door
        • Power Door Latch Inoperative - Passenger Door
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Driver Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Latch Release Switch Replacement - Passenger Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Indicator Replacement - Door Lock Status
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bezel Replacement - Front Door Switch
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Driver Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement - Passenger Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Bezel Replacement - Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pull Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Trim Panel Air Duct and Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Map Pocket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment - Front
          • Up/Down Adjustment Procedure
          • In/Out Adjustment Procedure
        • Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Touch Pad/Electric Release - Door Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Actuator Replacement - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement with Handle and Cable - Inside Left/Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Manual Release Replacement - Rear Compartment
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reinitialization of the Power Window
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Hardware Lubrication
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Tip-In Adjustment - Door
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Minor
        • Window Height Adjustment - Door Major
        • Window Regulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Window System Components
          • Power Window Operation
          • Express Up or Down Operation
          • Anti-Trap Feature
          • Normalization
          • Window Indexing
        • Power Door Latch Description and Operation
          • Power Door Latch System Components
          • Driver Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
          • Passenger Power Door Latch Unlatch Operation
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock System Components
          • Driver Door Lock and Unlock Operation
          • Passenger Door Lock and Unlock Operation
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Power Mirror System Components
          • Power Mirror Operation
          • Power Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Memory Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day/Night Feature
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Detecting Normal Opens
          • Detecting Microcracks
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Weatherstrip Side Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Windshield Frame
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stationary Window Reveal Molding Repair
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Window Filler Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Windshield)
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows (Rear Window)
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Components
          • Power and Ground of the Inside Rearview Mirror
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature Operation
          • Switches of the Inside Rearview Mirror with the Automatic Day-Night Feature and OnStar®
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Window Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Stationary Window Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
        • DTC C0035: C0040, C0045, C0050 Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035 - C0050 00
            • C0035 - C0050 0F
            • C0035 - C0050 18
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035 - C0050 00
            • C0035 - C0050 0F
            • C0035 - C0050 18
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0110 04
            • C0110 07
            • C00110 61
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121: Valve Relay Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0136: Vehicle Speed Information Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0137: Vehicle Speed Information Circuit Range/Performance
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0161: ABS/TCS Brake Switch Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0161 11
            • C0161 12
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0179: System Thermal High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186: Lateral Accelerometer Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0186 00
            • C0186 08
            • C0186 09
            • C0186 19
            • C0186 1A
            • C0186 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196: Yaw Rate Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0196 00
            • C0196 09
            • C0196 1A
            • C0196 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220: C0221, C0228, C0229 Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0240: PCM Traction Control Not Allowed
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0242: Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Indicated TCS Malfunction EBCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0252: Active Brake Control Sensor Uncorrelated
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253: Centering Error EBCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281: Brake Switch Circuit
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - Internal Write/Checksum Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0550 00
            • C0550 04
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551: Option Configuration Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0561: System Disabled Information Stored EBCM
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0565: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Information Error EBCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0710: Steering Position Signal Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0710 00
            • C0710 1A
            • C0710 1F
            • C0710 52
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0820: EBCM Case Voltage
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0870: Device Voltage Reference Output # 1 Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899: Device 1 Voltage Low EBCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900: Device 1 Voltage High EBCM
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
          • Circuit Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
          • Bleeding the ABS System
          • Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Anti-lock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator
            • TRAC Off
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0267
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Measurement & Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
          • Notes
          • Brake Pipe Replacement Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicators
            • Brake
            • Check Brake Fluid
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Park Brake System Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Park Brake System Component Views
      • Park Brake System Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0005
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0290
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0291 02
          • C0291 05
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0290 02
          • DTC C0290 05
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0291
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0291 02
          • C0291 05
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0291 02
          • DTC C0291 05
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold
        • Test Description
      • Park Brake Will Not Release
        • Test Description
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
        • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Release Solenoid Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Front
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Rear
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
        • Notes
        • Park Brake Adjustment Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Park Brake Set
        • Park Brake Release
        • Brake System Indicators
          • Notes
          • Brake
          • Check Brake Fluid - 37
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System, Traction Control System & Stability Control System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Anti-lock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List
      • DTC C0035: C0040, C0045, C0050 Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit Fault
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0035 - C0050 00
          • C0035 - C0050 0F
          • C0035 - C0050 18
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035 - C0050 00
          • C0035 - C0050 0F
          • C0035 - C0050 18
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0110: Pump Motor Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0110 04
          • C0110 07
          • C00110 61
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0121: Valve Relay Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0136: Vehicle Speed Information Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0137: Vehicle Speed Information Circuit Range/Performance
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0161: ABS/TCS Brake Switch Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0161 11
          • C0161 12
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0179: System Thermal High
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186: Lateral Accelerometer Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0186 00
          • C0186 08
          • C0186 09
          • C0186 19
          • C0186 1A
          • C0186 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196: Yaw Rate Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0196 00
          • C0196 09
          • C0196 1A
          • C0196 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0220: C0221, C0228, C0229 Front Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0240: PCM Traction Control Not Allowed
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0242: Powertrain Control Module (PCM) Indicated TCS Malfunction EBCM
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0252: Active Brake Control Sensor Uncorrelated
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0253: Centering Error EBCM
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0281: Brake Switch Circuit
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - Internal Write/Checksum Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0550 00
          • C0550 04
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0551: Option Configuration Error
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0561: System Disabled Information Stored EBCM
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0565: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Information Error EBCM
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0710: Steering Position Signal Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0710 00
          • C0710 1A
          • C0710 1F
          • C0710 52
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0820: EBCM Case Voltage
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0870: Device Voltage Reference Output # 1 Circuit Malfunction
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0899: Device 1 Voltage Low EBCM
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0900: Device 1 Voltage High EBCM
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Anti-lock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
        • Circuit Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Bleeding the ABS System
        • Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Anti-lock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • ABS Indicator
        • Traction Control System Indicator
          • TRAC Off
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Symptoms - Wheel Drive Shafts
          • Notes
          • Visual Inspection
          • Physical Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Rear Axle Specifications
        • Rear Axle Usage
        • Spacer and Shim Specifications
        • Lubrication Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Lubricant Replacement - Rear Drive Axle
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Transmission Mount Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Cover and Seal Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Carrier Cover and Seal Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle - Disassemble
        • Ring Gear and Differential Housing Disassemble
        • Drive Pinion Disassemble
        • Differential Case Cleaning and Inspection
          • Differential Case
          • Gears and Shafts
          • Clutch Discs and Plates
          • Bearings and Races
        • Differential Housing Cleaning and Inspection
          • Differential Carrier
          • Differential Carrier Covers
          • Drive Pinion Cleaning and Inspection
        • Ring Gear and Differential Housing Assemble
        • Drive Pinion Shim Selection
        • Differential Side Bearings Assemble
        • Drive Pinion Assemble
        • Rear Axle - Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
          • Getrag Differential
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Knock or Clunk Noise
        • Rattle Noise
        • Scraping Noise
        • Moaning Noise
        • Whirring or Squealing Noise
        • Squeak Noise
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Driveline Tunnel Closeout Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driveline Support Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Flexplate Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Driveline Support Overhaul (Automatic Transmission)
          • Notes
          • Propeller Shaft Removal
          • Rear Bearing Housing Disassembly
        • Driveline Support Assembly Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Driveline Support Assembly Assemble
          • Rear Bearing Housing Assembly
          • Propeller Shaft Installation
        • Drive Line Vibration Dampener Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Driveline Support Assembly Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Blower Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Connector End View
        • Lower Lumbar Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Lower Lumbar Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly - Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C4 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Back Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Back Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Cushion Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Cushion Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Upper Lumbar Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Upper Lumbar Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Left Door Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Right Door Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Console Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Switch - Console Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LR (Europe) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RR (Europe) Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp High Beam Solenoid - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp High Beam Solenoid - Right Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Park Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Position Lamp - LF (T90) Connector End View
        • Position Lamp - RF (T90) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly - Left Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 Connector End View
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Relay Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Driver Exterior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Passenger Exterior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Driver Interior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Passenger Interior Connector End View
        • Door Latch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Latch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Lock Indicator - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Indicator - Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C3 Connector End View
        • CD Changer C1 Connector End View
        • CD Changer C2 Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View
        • Radio C2 Connector End View
        • Radio C3 (Japan) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Left Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Right C1 Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Right C2 Connector End View
        • Speaker - Center Connector End View
        • Speaker - Driver Seat Left Connector End View
        • Speaker - Driver Seat Right Connector End View
        • Speaker - Passenger Seat Left Connector End View
        • Speaker - Passenger Seat Right Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Midrange Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP208 Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pulse-Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Connector End View
        • Steering Column Lock Control Connector End View Module C1 (Export)
        • Steering Column Lock Control Connector End View Module C2 (Export)
        • Telescoping Drive Motor Connector End View
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View
        • Tilt/Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C1
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C2
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C3
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LF
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RF
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 1 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 2 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Intake Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Control Module Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) / Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C3 Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw and Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Traffic Information Receiver (Japan) Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Folding Top Closed Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C1 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C2 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C3 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Folding Top Switch Connector End View
        • Front Tonneau Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Header Latch Switch Connector End View
        • Header Unlatch Switch Connector End View
        • Luggage Barrier Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Open Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release/Close Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Tonneau Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Valet Switch Connector End View
        • Dimmer/Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Head Up Display Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Component View
        • Fuel Door Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Fuel Door Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Exterior Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Interior Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch LED Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C4 Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Back-up Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Left Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Right Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) C1 Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) C2 Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor (Export) Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Defeat Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren (Export) Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View (C1)
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View (C2)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM, Fuse Identification Connector End View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Wire Entry Pinout Connector End View
        • Relay Block - I/P Wire Entry Pinout Connector End View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Wiring Systems (Component Connector End Views)
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Notes
          • Testing Procedures
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Splicing Copper Wire
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Notes
          • Splicing Copper Wire
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Notes
          • Connector Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems (Component Connector End Views)
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Fusible Link
      • Instrument Panel Fuse Block & Relay Block
      • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Head Up Display Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Diagnostic System Check - Instrument Cluster
      • Diagnostic System Check - Head Up Display
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC P0461
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0521
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0522
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0608
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1617
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2066
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2067
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2068
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Gages
          • Indicators
          • Driver Information Center
      • Engine Oil Pressure Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Speedometer and/or Odometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Always On
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Image Adjustment Inoperative
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Ambient Air Temperature Gage Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Up Display Window Cleaning
      • Head Up Display Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Head Up Display Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Knee Bolster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Accessory
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Bezel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Striker Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Pad Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - Steering Column
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Bracket Replacement - SIR
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Driver Information Center Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ashtray Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Trim Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Door Replacement - Console Compartment
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
        • Voltmeter
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil Now
        • Change Engine Oil Soon
        • Check Gages
        • High Oil Temperature, Reduce Engine Rpm
        • Ice Possible
        • Km/h and MPH Indicator(s)
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Reserve Fuel
        • Service Vehicle Soon
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Info Up
        • Info Down
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy
          • Average Speed
          • Battery Voltage
          • Check Oil Level
          • Coolant Temperature
          • Oil Life Remaining
          • Fuel Range
          • Fuel Used
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
          • Oil Pressure
          • Oil Temp
          • Timer
          • Tire Pressure Monitor
        • Reset
        • On/Off
        • Options
      • Head Up Display (HUD) Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Indicator Displays
        • Vehicle Speed Display
        • Radio Display
        • Control Switches
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Key-In-Ignition Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Additional Warnings
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2750
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Blower Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Connector End View
        • Lower Lumbar Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Lower Lumbar Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly - Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C4 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Back Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Back Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Cushion Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Cushion Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Upper Lumbar Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Upper Lumbar Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Left Door Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Right Door Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Console Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Switch - Console Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LR (Europe) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RR (Europe) Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp High Beam Solenoid - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp High Beam Solenoid - Right Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Park Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Position Lamp - LF (T90) Connector End View
        • Position Lamp - RF (T90) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly - Left Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 Connector End View
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Relay Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Driver Exterior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Passenger Exterior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Driver Interior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Passenger Interior Connector End View
        • Door Latch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Latch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Lock Indicator - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Indicator - Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C3 Connector End View
        • CD Changer C1 Connector End View
        • CD Changer C2 Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View
        • Radio C2 Connector End View
        • Radio C3 (Japan) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Left Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Right C1 Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Right C2 Connector End View
        • Speaker - Center Connector End View
        • Speaker - Driver Seat Left Connector End View
        • Speaker - Driver Seat Right Connector End View
        • Speaker - Passenger Seat Left Connector End View
        • Speaker - Passenger Seat Right Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Midrange Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP208 Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pulse-Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Connector End View
        • Steering Column Lock Control Connector End View Module C1 (Export)
        • Steering Column Lock Control Connector End View Module C2 (Export)
        • Telescoping Drive Motor Connector End View
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View
        • Tilt/Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C1
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C2
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C3
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LF
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RF
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 1 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 2 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Intake Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Control Module Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) / Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C3 Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw and Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Traffic Information Receiver (Japan) Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Folding Top Closed Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C1 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C2 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C3 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Folding Top Switch Connector End View
        • Front Tonneau Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Header Latch Switch Connector End View
        • Header Unlatch Switch Connector End View
        • Luggage Barrier Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Open Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release/Close Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Tonneau Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Valet Switch Connector End View
        • Dimmer/Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Head Up Display Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Component View
        • Fuel Door Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Fuel Door Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Exterior Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Interior Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch LED Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C4 Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Back-up Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Left Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Right Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) C1 Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) C2 Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor (Export) Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Defeat Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren (Export) Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View (C1)
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View (C2)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM, Fuse Identification Connector End View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Wire Entry Pinout Connector End View
        • Relay Block - I/P Wire Entry Pinout Connector End View
    • Power Outlets
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement - Floor Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Wiring Systems (Component Connector End Views)
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems (Component Locator)
      • Component Locator
        • Master Electrical Component List
        • Power and Grounding Component Views
        • Electrical Center Identification Views
          • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM Label
          • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Notes
          • Testing Procedures
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Splicing Copper Wire
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Notes
          • Splicing Copper Wire
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Notes
          • Connector Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Climate Control Seat Module - Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Blower Motor - Driver Connector End View
        • Heated/Cooled Seat Blower Motor - Passenger Connector End View
        • Lower Lumbar Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Lower Lumbar Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly - Driver Connector End View
        • Lumbar Pump/Control Module Assembly - Passenger Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Module - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Memory Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C3 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Driver C4 Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Assembly - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Adjuster Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Back Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Back Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Cushion Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Driver Connector End View
        • Seat Cushion Heated/Cooled Ventilation Module - Passenger Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Seat Recline Motor - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Upper Lumbar Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Upper Lumbar Switch - Passenger Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Backup Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Left Door Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Right Door Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp - Console Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Switch - Console Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - LR (Europe) Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Fog Lamp - RR (Europe) Connector End View
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp Ballast - Right Connector End View
        • Headlamp High Beam Solenoid - Left Connector End View
        • Headlamp High Beam Solenoid - Right Connector End View
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Connector End View
        • I/P Compartment Lamp Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • License Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Marker Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Park Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Park Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Position Lamp - LF (T90) Connector End View
        • Position Lamp - RF (T90) Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Courtesy Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Assembly Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly - Left Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Assembly - Right Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - LF Connector End View
        • Turn Signal Lamp - RF Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C1 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C2 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C3 Connector End View
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch C4 Connector End View
        • Underhood Lamp Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp - Right Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Relay Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Driver Exterior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Passenger Exterior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Driver Interior Connector End View
        • Door Handle Switch - Passenger Interior Connector End View
        • Door Latch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Latch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Lock Indicator - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Indicator - Passenger Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Door Lock Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA) Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C1 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Driver C2 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C1 Connector End View
        • Outside Rearview Mirror - Passenger C2 Connector End View
        • Window Switch - Front Passenger Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C1 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C2 Connector End View
        • Audio Amplifier C3 Connector End View
        • CD Changer C1 Connector End View
        • CD Changer C2 Connector End View
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View
        • Radio C1 Connector End View
        • Radio C2 Connector End View
        • Radio C3 (Japan) Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Left Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Right C1 Connector End View
        • Radio Antenna Module - Right C2 Connector End View
        • Speaker - Center Connector End View
        • Speaker - Driver Seat Left Connector End View
        • Speaker - Driver Seat Right Connector End View
        • Speaker - Passenger Seat Left Connector End View
        • Speaker - Passenger Seat Right Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Door Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Speaker - LF Midrange Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Door Subwoofer Connector End View
        • Speaker - RF Midrange Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Left Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls - Right Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C1 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C2 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C3 Connector End View
        • Body Control Module (BCM) C4 Connector End View
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP205 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP208 Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Switch - Driver Connector End View
        • Rear Object Sensor Control Module Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Display Connector End View
        • Rear Parking Assist (RPA) Diagnostic Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - LR Middle Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Corner Connector End View
        • Object Sensor - RR Middle Connector End View
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pulse-Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View
        • Distance Sensing Cruise Control Module Connector End View
        • Steering Column Lock Control Connector End View Module C1 (Export)
        • Steering Column Lock Control Connector End View Module C2 (Export)
        • Telescoping Drive Motor Connector End View
        • Tilt Actuator Connector End View
        • Tilt/Telescope Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C1
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C2
        • Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Connector End View Module C3
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LF
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - LR
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RF
        • Suspension Damper Connector End View - RR
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LF
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - LR
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RF
        • Suspension Position Sensor Connector End View - RR
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 1 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Bank 2 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 1 Intake Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Exhaust Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Bank 2 Intake Connector End View
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Valve Connector End View
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Control Module Connector End View
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 1 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 2 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 3 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 4 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 5 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 6 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 7 Connector End View
        • Ignition Coil/Module 8 Connector End View
        • Intake Air Temperature (IAT) / Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Throttle Actuator Control Module Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C1 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C2 Connector End View
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) - C3 Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - LR Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RF Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) - RR Connector End View
        • Yaw and Lateral Accelerometer Sensor Connector End View
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Outside Moisture Sensor Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Lower Right
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Left
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Upper Right
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Left
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Right
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C1 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C2 Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module C3 Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Traffic Information Receiver (Japan) Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Generator Connector End View
        • Folding Top Closed Switch Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C1 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C2 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Module C3 Connector End View
        • Folding Top Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Folding Top Switch Connector End View
        • Front Tonneau Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Header Latch Switch Connector End View
        • Header Unlatch Switch Connector End View
        • Luggage Barrier Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Open Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release/Close Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Tonneau Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Valet Switch Connector End View
        • Dimmer/Head Up Display (HUD) Switch Connector End View
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Level Switch Connector End View
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor - Right Connector End View
        • Head Up Display Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Component View
        • Fuel Door Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Fuel Door Release Switch Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Pull Down Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Exterior Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch - Interior Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch LED Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Left
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS) Connector End View - Right
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C3
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Left
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Right
        • Cellular Microphone Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C1 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C2 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C3 Connector End View
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) C4 Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Back-up Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Left Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Rear Compartment Connector End View
        • Keyless Entry Antenna - Right Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) C1 Connector End View
        • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR) C2 Connector End View
        • Hood Ajar Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor (Export) Connector End View
        • Intrusion Sensor Defeat Switch (Export) Connector End View
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Siren (Export) Connector End View
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View (C1)
        • Rear Defogger Grid Connector End View (C2)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Fuse Block - I/P, Relay Block - I/P and BCM, Fuse Identification Connector End View
        • Fuse Block - I/P Wire Entry Pinout Connector End View
        • Relay Block - I/P Wire Entry Pinout Connector End View
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Electronic Suspension
      • Engine Performance
        • 4.6L VIN A
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems (Component Connector End Views)
      • Component Locator
        • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
        • Inline Harness Connector End Views
        • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems (Diagnostic Information And Procedures)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
          • Notes
          • Testing Procedures
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
            • Flat Wire (Dock and Lock) Connectors
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
          • Notes
          • Splicing Copper Wire
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
          • Notes
          • Splicing Copper Wire
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • SIR/SRS Connector (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin) Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Push to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Pull to Seat Connectors
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Micro-Pack 100W Connectors
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Micro .64 Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Weather Pack Connectors
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
          • Notes
          • Connector Terminal Repair Procedure
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Mechanical
  • Accessory Drive Belts
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Cooling System Specifications
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Cooling System Specifications & Drive Belt Routing
      • Adjustments
      • Drive Belt Routing
      • Cooling System Specifications
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Engine Overheating
        • Loss of Coolant
        • Thermostat Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Tempilsticks
          • Thermostat Test Procedure Using Glycol
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
          • Notes
          • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Flushing
          • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cooling Inlet Hose Fitting Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cooling Hose Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Cooling Pipe/Hose Quick Connect Fitting
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Shroud Replacement (w/o PWM)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Bypass Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle Assemblies and Deflectors (Radiator Air Baffle)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Air Baffle Assemblies and Deflectors (Front Air Deflector)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - Variable Speed Single Fan System
          • Low Coolant Message- Low Coolant System Algorithm
          • Engine Coolant Indicator(s)
            • Coolant Over Temp
          • Cooling System
            • Notes
            • Cooling Cycle
            • Coolant
            • Radiator
            • Pressure Cap
            • Surge Tank
            • Air Baffles and Seals
            • Water Pump
            • Thermostat
            • Transmission Oil Cooler
          • Coolant Heater
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Restricted Exhaust
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Seal Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Pipe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Muffler Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Hangers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Muffler Heat Shield Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil
          • What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
          • Engine Oil Additives
          • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Cooling System
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
  • Mechanical
    • Engine Mechanical (Introduction) - 4.6L (LH2)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Engine Mechanical Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Thread Repair Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Disassembled Views
        • Engine Identification
          • Notes
          • Engine Verification
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Camshaft Timing Drive Chain Alignment Diagram
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
        • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
        • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
        • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
        • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
        • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
        • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
        • Engine Noise Under Load
        • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
        • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
        • Coolant in Engine Oil
        • Engine Compression Test
          • Notes
          • Engine Compression Testing Procedure
        • Cylinder Leakage Test
        • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
        • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
          • Notes
          • Oil Pressure Diagnosis & Testing Procedure
        • Oil Leak Diagnosis
        • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Squeal Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Whine Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Rumbling Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Vibration Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Falls Off Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Excessive Wear Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Diagnosis
      • Description and Operation
        • Drive Belt System Description
        • Engine Component Description
          • Notes
          • Crankcase
          • Crankshaft
          • Connecting Rods and Pistons
          • Camshaft Drive System
          • Camshaft Position Actuator System
          • Cylinder Heads
          • Engine Cooling System
          • Induction System
          • Right and Left Bank Designation
        • New Product Information
          • Notes
          • A Component Comparison from the Previous Year
        • Lubrication Description
        • Cleanliness and Care
        • Separating Parts
        • Replacing Engine Gaskets
          • Gasket Reuse and Applying Sealant
          • Separating Components
          • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
          • Assembling Components
        • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
          • Notes
          • Sealant Types
          • Anaerobic Type Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Gasket Eliminator Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Threadlock Sealant
          • Anaerobic Type Pipe Sealant
        • Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Mechanical Repair Instructions (1 Of 5) - 4.6L (LH2)
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 1
        • Drive Belt Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Sight Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Cleaning and Inspection
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Cleaning and Inspection
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Housing Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Housing Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Shoe Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Tensioner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Guide Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Oil Control Valve Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Intake
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation of the J 46327 Timing Chain Retention Tool-Right Bank
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Oil Control Valve Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Exhaust
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation of the J 46327 Timing Chain Retention Tool-Right Bank
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Oil Control Valve Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Intake
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation of the J 46327 Timing Chain Retention Tool-Left Bank
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Oil Control Valve Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Exhaust
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation of the J 46327 Timing Chain Retention Tool-Left Bank
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Setting Camshaft Timing
          • Notes
          • Setting Camshaft Timing Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement - Left
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement - Right
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Engine Mechanical Repair Instructions (2 Of 5) - 4.6L (LH2)
      • Repair Instructions (On-Vehicle - Part 2 & Off-Vehicle - Part 1)
        • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 2
          • Valve Rocker Arm Replacement - Right
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Lifter Replacement - Left
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Lifter Replacement - Right
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement - Left
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement - Right
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Flywheel Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Oil Pan Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Replacement
            • Notes
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Powertrain Removal and Installation
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
          • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
            • Removal Procedure
            • Installation Procedure
        • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 1
          • Engine Wiring Harness Assembly Removal
            • Left Side Harness Connections
            • Right Side Harness Connections
          • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
          • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
          • Drive Belt Removal
          • Power Steering Pump Removal
            • Tool Required
          • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Removal
          • Generator Removal
          • Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Removal
          • Drive Belt Tensioner Removal
          • Water Outlet Housing Removal
          • Intake Manifold Removal
          • Starter Motor Removal
          • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
          • Engine Flywheel Removal
            • Notes
            • Engine Flywheel Removal Procedure
          • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal
            • Notes
            • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Removal Procedure
          • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
          • Oil Filter Adapter Removal
          • Ignition Module Removal - Left
          • Camshaft Cover Removal - Left
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Housing Removal - Left
          • Ignition Module Removal - Right
          • Camshaft Cover Removal - Right
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Housing Removal - Right
          • Engine Front Cover Removal
          • Oil Pump Removal
          • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal - Right
          • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal - Left
          • Oil Outlet Tube Removal
          • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Removal
          • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Removal
          • Camshaft Removal - Left Exhaust
          • Camshaft Removal - Left Intake
          • Valve Rocker Arm Removal - Left
          • Valve Lifter Removal - Left
          • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
          • Camshaft Removal - Right Exhaust
          • Camshaft Removal - Right Intake
          • Valve Rocker Arm Removal - Right
          • Valve Lifter Removal - Right
    • Engine Mechanical Repair Instructions (3 Of 5) - 4.6L (LH2)
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 2
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Removal
        • Lower Crankcase Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
          • Crankshaft Removal Procedure
          • Crankshaft Bearing Removal Procedure
        • Engine Block Disassemble - Upper
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection - Upper
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Diameter Measurement Procedure
          • Deck Face Flatness Measurement Procedure
          • Cylinder Bore Taper Measurement Procedure
          • Cylinder Bore Out-of-Round Measurement Procedure
        • Engine Block Assemble - Upper
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection - Lower
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
          • Crankshaft Bearing Inspection
          • Crankshaft Measurement
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Piston Cleaning Procedure
          • Piston Inspection Procedure
          • Piston Diameter Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Pin Bore Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Ring End Gap Measurement Procedure
          • Piston Ring Side Clearance Measurement Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Cleaning Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Measurement Procedure
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
          • Tools Required
          • Piston and Piston Pin Installation Procedure
          • Piston Ring Installation Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Cylinder Head Measurement
          • Valve Guide Measurement Procedure
        • Valve Spring Inspection and Measurement
        • Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Valve Cleaning Procedure
          • Valve Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Valve Measurement and Reconditioning Overview
          • Valve Seat Width Measurement Procedure
          • Valve Seat Roundness Measurement Procedure
          • Valve Margin Measurement Procedure
          • Valve-to-Seat Concentricity Measurement Procedure
          • Valve and Seat Reconditioning Procedure
          • Valve Stem Height Measurement Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Camshaft Cleaning and Inspection
          • Tools Required
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection Procedure
          • Camshaft Measurement Procedure
        • Valve Lifters Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arms Cleaning and Inspection
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Camshaft Timing Drive Components Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Visual Inspection
          • Mechanical Inspection
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Housing Disassemble
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Housing Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Housing Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Oil Pump Outlet Tube Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Disassemble
        • Oil Filter Adapter Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Assemble
        • Oil Pan Disassemble
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Oil Pan Assemble
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Disassemble
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Front Cover Assemble
        • Camshaft Cover Disassemble
        • Camshaft Cover Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Camshaft Cover Assemble
        • Intake Manifold Disassemble
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Assemble
    • Engine Mechanical Repair Instructions (4 Of 5) - 4.6L (LH2)
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 3
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Left
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection - Right
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Disassemble
        • Water Outlet Housing Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Assemble
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • Standard Thread Repair - Flush Hole
          • Recessed Thread Repair
          • Tapered Pipe Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Inboard Bolt Holes
          • Outboard Bolt Holes
          • Crankshaft Main Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Prelubing
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
          • Crankshaft Bearing Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Installation Procedure
          • Crankshaft Bearing Clearance Measurement Procedure
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Procedure
          • Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance Measurement Procedure - Using Plastic Gaging
          • Connecting Rod Clearance Measurement Procedure - Using J 43690 and J 43690-100
          • Connecting Rod Final Assembly Procedure
        • Lower Crankcase Installation
        • Oil Pump Pipe and Screen Assembly Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Valve Lifter Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Installation - Left
        • Camshaft Installation - Left Exhaust
        • Camshaft Installation - Left Intake
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Valve Lifter Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm Installation - Right
        • Camshaft Installation - Right Exhaust
        • Camshaft Installation - Right Intake
        • Camshaft Intermediate Drive Shaft Installation
        • Primary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation
        • Oil Outlet Tube Installation
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation - Left
        • Secondary Camshaft Drive Chain Installation - Right
        • Oil Pump Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Housing Installation - Left
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Alignment
        • Camshaft Cover Installation - Left
        • Ignition Module Installation - Left
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Housing Installation - Right
          • Notes
          • Camshaft Position Actuator Magnet Alignment
        • Camshaft Cover Installation - Right
        • Ignition Module Installation - Right
        • Oil Filter Adapter Installation
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Starter Motor Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Water Outlet Housing Installation
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Installation
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Compressor Installation
        • Generator Installation
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Installation
        • Power Steering Pump Installation
        • Drive Belt Installation
    • Engine Mechanical Repair Instructions (5 Of 5) - 4.6L (LH2)
      • Off-Vehicle Repair Instructions - Part 4
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Engine Wiring Harness Assembly Installation
          • Left Side Harness Connections
          • Right Side Harness Connections
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Starter Motor Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1325
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging (Non-HP2)
          • Notes
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tool Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Engine Compartment
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Tank/Tank
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Module Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Module Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Position Sensors
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
        • Fuel System Description
          • System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Tank Fill Pipe and Hose
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Primary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Secondary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • EVAP Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheels
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Knock Sensor
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P0010- Pp0153)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, or P0023
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, or P0024
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0016, P0017, P0018, or P0019
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050, or P0056
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0031, P0037, P0051, or P0057
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0032, P0038, P0052, or P0058
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P0135-P0346)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0135 or P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0139 or P0159
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0140 or P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0141 or P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0208
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0222
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0223
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0231
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0232
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0261, P0264, P0267, P0270, P0273, P0276, P0279, or P0282
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0262, P0265, P0268, P0271, P0274, P0277, P0280, or P0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0301-P0308
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325 or P0330
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0326 or P0331
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340 or P0345
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341 or P0346
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P0351-P0638)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0365 or P0390
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0366 or P0391
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0451
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0454
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0458
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0459
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0498
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0499
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0627
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0628
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0638
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P0641-P2098)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0686
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0687
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0689
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0690
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0700
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1101
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1137 or P1157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1138 or P1158
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1251
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1253
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1254
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P167A or P167B
          • Description
        • DTC P2088, P2090, P2092, or P2094
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2089, P2091, P2093, or P2095
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2096 or P2098
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P2097-P3219)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P2097 or P2099
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2100
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2119
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2127
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2176
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2231 or P2234
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2237 or P2240
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2243 or P2247
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2251 or P2254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2300, P2303, P2306, P2309, P2312, P2315, P2318, or P2321
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2301, P2304, P2307, P2310, P2313, P2316, P2319, or P2322
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2626 or P2629
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2636
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P3219
          • DTC Descriptor
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Ignition 1 Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (Introduction)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 1 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Replacement Bank 2 Sensor 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Service
        • Fuel Pressure Relief Procedure
          • Tool Required
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Metal Collar)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Quick Connect Fitting(s) Service (Plastic Collar)
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Draining Procedure
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Filler Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Pump Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Tank Module Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Level Sensor Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Chassis
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Replacement - Engine Compartment
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel System Cleaning
        • Fuel Rail Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Canister/Fuel Tank
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Chassis/Canister
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Engine/Chassis
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hoses/Pipes Replacement - Tank/Tank
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Cleaning
          • Inspection Procedure
          • EVAP Cleaning Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 1
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Coil(s) Replacement - Bank 2
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Module Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Module Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Spark Plug Inspection
        • Spark Plug Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Replacement - Bank 1 (Right) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Intake
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid Replacement - Bank 2 (Left) Exhaust
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Element Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Cleaner Intake Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Notes
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Position Sensors
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
        • Camshaft Actuator System Description
          • Notes
          • CMP Actuator System Operation
        • Fuel System Description
          • System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Tank Fill Pipe and Hose
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Primary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Secondary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
          • EVAP Canister
          • EVAP Purge Solenoid
          • EVAP Vent Solenoid
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
          • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Operation
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheels
          • Ignition Coil/Module
          • Knock Sensor
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P0010- Pp0153)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0010, P0013, P0020, or P0023
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0011, P0014, P0021, or P0024
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0016, P0017, P0018, or P0019
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050, or P0056
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0031, P0037, P0051, or P0057
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0032, P0038, P0052, or P0058
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0068
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0101
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0103
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0106
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0107
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0113
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0116
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0117
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0118
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0125
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0131 or P0151
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0132 or P0152
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0133 or P0153
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P0135-P0346)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0135 or P0155
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0137 or P0157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0138 or P0158
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0139 or P0159
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0140 or P0160
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0141 or P0161
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0171 or P0174
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0172 or P0175
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0201-P0208
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0222
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0223
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0230
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0231
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0232
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0261, P0264, P0267, P0270, P0273, P0276, P0279, or P0282
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0262, P0265, P0268, P0271, P0274, P0277, P0280, or P0283
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0300
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0301-P0308
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0315
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0325 or P0330
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0326 or P0331
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0335
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0336
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0340 or P0345
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0341 or P0346
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P0351-P0638)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0351-P0358
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0365 or P0390
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0366 or P0391
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0420 or P0430
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0442
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0443
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0446
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0449
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0451
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0452
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0453
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0454
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0455
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions For Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0458
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0459
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0496
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0498
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0499
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0506
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0507
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601-P0607, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1680, P1681, P1683, or P2610
          • Description
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0627
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0628
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0638
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P0641-P2098)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P0641
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0650
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0651
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0686
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0687
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0689
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0690
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0700
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1101
          • Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1111
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1112
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1114
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1137 or P1157
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1138 or P1158
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1251
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1253
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1254
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1380
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1381
          • System Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P167A or P167B
          • Description
        • DTC P2088, P2090, P2092, or P2094
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2089, P2091, P2093, or P2095
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2096 or P2098
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (DTC P2097-P3219)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • DTC P2097 or P2099
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2100
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2101
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2108
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2119
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2122
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2123
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2127
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2128
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2135
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2138
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2176
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2231 or P2234
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2237 or P2240
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2243 or P2247
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2251 or P2254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2300, P2303, P2306, P2309, P2312, P2315, P2318, or P2321
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2301, P2304, P2307, P2310, P2313, P2316, P2319, or P2322
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2626 or P2629
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2636
          • System Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P3219
          • DTC Descriptor
    • Engine Controls -- 4.6L (LH2) (Troubleshooting & Diagnosis)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Symptoms - Engine Controls
          • Important Preliminary Inspections Before Starting
        • Intermittent Conditions
        • Hard Start
        • Surges/Chuggles
        • Lack of Power, Sluggishness, or Sponginess
        • Detonation/Spark Knock
        • Hesitation, Sag, Stumble
        • Cuts Out, Misses
        • Poor Fuel Economy
        • Poor Fuel Fill Quality
        • Rough, Unstable, or Incorrect Idle and Stalling
        • Dieseling, Run-On
        • Backfire
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
        • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • MIL Operation
          • Test Description
        • Engine Cranks but Does Not Run
          • Description
        • Ignition 1 Relay Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel System Diagnosis
          • System Description
        • Fuel Injector Coil Test
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
          • Description
        • Fuel Injector Circuit Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Fuel Tank Leak Test
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (without Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Alcohol in Fuel Testing Procedure
          • Particulate Contaminants in Fuel Testing Procedure
        • Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis (with Special Tool)
          • Description
          • Test Procedure
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
          • Description
          • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
          • Monitored Emission Control Systems
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Catalyst System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor/Oxygen Sensor (HO2S/O2S) System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Heater System Set Procedure
          • Description
          • Conditions for Running
          • Diagnostic Aids
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 4.6L (LH2)
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Description
      • Conditions for Running
      • Diagnostic Aids
      • Test Description
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCS)
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Actions to Take When Working with Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Camshaft Holding Tool Caution
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Compressed Valve Spring Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Exhaust Service Caution
        • Express Down Feature Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Failure to Prep Primer Caution
        • Folding Top Hydraulic Pressure Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • Servicing Electrical Components Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Sound Deadener Foam in the Lock Striker Pillars Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Notice
        • Ball Stud Removal Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Cylinder Hoses Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Fuel and Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • J 35616-A Connector Test Adapter Kit Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Steering Column in Lock Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Notice
        • Tape Corners of Panel Notice
        • Test Lamp to Test Continuity Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Three-Way Catalytic Converter Damage Notice
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Engine Controls - Strategy Based Engine Diagnosis
      • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
    • Gm Vehicles Cautions & Notices
      • Cautions & Notices
        • Definition Of Caution, Notice, & Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Abs Component Handling Caution
        • Actions To Take When Working With Fuel Caution
        • Approved Equipment For Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Brake Pipe Replacement Caution
        • Breathing R-134A Caution
        • Cleaning Solvent Caution
        • Clutch Dust Caution
        • Defroster Outlet Caution
        • Door Outer Panel Replacement Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound DEADENERS Caution
        • Floor Jack Caution
        • Fuel & EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors In Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass & Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts & Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles & Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Replacement Carpet Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses & Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles & Fuel Caution
        • Servicing The Sir System Caution
        • Sir Caution
        • Sir Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • Sir Handling Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • Sir Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • Sir Inflator Module Handling & Storage Caution
        • Sir Special Tool Caution
        • Tilt Spring Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Air In The Power Steering System Notice
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Caliper Notice
        • Brake Caliper Supporting To Prevent Hose Damage Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects On Paint & Electrical Components Notice
        • Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Notice
        • CLEARCOAT/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Differential Housing Cover & Gasket Removal Notice
        • Do Not Depress Brake Pedal With Rotors/Drums Removed Notice
        • Electrical Wiring Routing Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Engine Lifting Notice
        • Engine Mounting Notice
        • Excessive Force & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex DECOUPLER Notice
        • Fuel & Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Hose/Pipe Connection Cleaning Notice
        • Fuel Injector Balance Test Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel System Ground Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling Bearing Inserts Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen & Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition Off When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • Installing Hoses Without Twists Or Bends Notice
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Servicing Notice
        • Latched DTC B1018, B1024 Notice (SDM-RSD)
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII System Description Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Pcm & ESD Notice
        • Pinion Flange/Yoke Installation Notice
        • Pipe Wrench Positioning Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Properly Secured Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Pipe Notice
        • Ring Gear Removal Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Servicing And Replacing Seat Belts Notice
        • Servicing The Level Sensor Notice
        • Silicon Contamination Of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Spark Plug Boot Removal Notice
        • Special Fastener Notice
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Damage Notice
        • Steering Gear Preload Adjustment Notice
        • Steering Wheel In The Full Turn Position Notice
        • Suspension Spring Handling Notice
        • Test Lamp To Ignition Control Module Circuit Connector Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • Notes
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Brakes
          • Engine
          • Transmission/Transaxle
          • Body
          • Restraints
          • Vehicle Control Systems
          • Accessories
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
          • DTC Symptom Subtypes
          • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
            • Tools Required
          • Driveline Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
        • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
        • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
          • Flat Spots on Tires
          • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
          • Exhaust System Growth
        • Vehicle Payload
          • Notes
          • Heavy Payload
          • Trailer Towing
        • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
          • Tools Required
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
          • Tools Required
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Tools Required
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure (2 Of 2)
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil
          • What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
          • Engine Oil Additives
          • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Cooling System
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Relearn
          • Notes
          • Relearn Procedure
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • Restraints
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System - Deactivation Procedures
      • Special Care During Mechanical Repairs
      • System Operation Check
        • Notes
        • Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • All Models Except Pickups With Passenger Air Bag
        • Vehicles With Passenger Presence System
      • Service Precautions
      • Disabling & Activating Air Bag System
        • Notes
        • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint Disabling & Enabling Zones
        • ALERO, Grand Am & MALIBU
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Astro & Safari
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Aurora, BONNEVILLE, LESABRE & Park Avenue
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Avalanche, Escalade, Escalade ESV, Escalade Ext, Sierra, SILVERADO, Suburban, TAHOE, YUKON & YUKON XL
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AVEO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • AZTEK & Rendezvous
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Blazer, Canyon, Colorado, Jimmy, S10 Pickup & SONOMA
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • BRAVADA, Envoy, Envoy XUV, Trailblazer, & Rainier
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Cavalier & SUNFIRE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Century, Grand PRIX & Regal
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Classic
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Corvette
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • DEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Express & SAVANA
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • GTO
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Impala & Monte CARLO
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • MONTANA, Silhouette & Venture
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SEVILLE
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • SRX
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • Tracker
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
        • XLR
          • Notes
          • Disabling System
          • Activating System
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System Component Inspection & Replacement Tables.
      • General Motors (1988-04)
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle Identification
        • VIN Derivative
        • Label - Vehicle Certification
        • Tire Placard
        • Engine ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
        • Labeling - Anti-Theft
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Key Identification and Usage
          • Cutting Keys
          • Replacement Lock Cylinders
          • Lock Cylinder Tumbler Operation
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Lifting - Suspension Contact Hoist
            • Front Lift
            • Rear Lift
          • Vehicle Jacking
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Air Conditioning
        • Automatic System
          • HVAC Service Specifications
          • HVAC Specifications
          • HVAC Torque Specifications
      • Axle Nut/Hub Nut
      • Battery
        • Battery Service Specifications
        • Battery Torque Specifications
      • Brakes
        • Bleeding Sequence
        • Disc Brakes
          • Disc Brake Service Specifications
          • Disc Brake Torque Specifications
      • Charging System
        • Generator
          • Generator Service Specifications
          • Generator Torque Specifications
      • Drive Belts
        • Drive Belt Adjustment Specifications
        • Drive Belt Routing Illustrations
      • Engine Cooling
        • Service
          • Engine Cooling Torque Specifications
        • Radiator Cap Pressure
        • Thermostat Removal & Installation
        • Water Pump Removal & Installation
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Compression
        • Oil Pressure
        • Overhaul
        • Torque
      • Fluid Specifications
      • Flywheel/Flex Plate Torque
      • Fuel System
        • Fuel Pressure
          • Fuel Pressure Specifications
        • Fuel Pressure Test Procedure
      • Ignition
        • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Spark Plugs
          • Spark Plug Specifications
      • Starting
        • Starter Motor
          • Starter Applications
          • Starter Torque Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment
        • Adjustment Specifications
        • Torque
      • Wheel & Tire
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal & Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Washer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • A/C Line/Tube Connector Removal/Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Hose Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Tube Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Filter Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Service Port Valve Core Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Drain Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Pipes Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Distribution Duct Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defogger Outlet Duct Replacement - Side Window, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Rear Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Right
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Door Replacement - Left
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Valve Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Air Temperature Duct Sensor)
        • Sensor Resistance Table (Inside and Ambient Air Temp Sensor)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0159 or B0164
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0174, B0179, B0510, or B0515
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0184 or B0189
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0248, B0268, B0408, or B0423
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0249, B0269, B0409, or B0419
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0531, P0532, or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0646 or P0647
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Test Description
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Afterblow Enable Procedure
        • Re-Calibrating Actuators
          • Calibration Procedure with a Scan Tool
          • Calibration Procedure without a Scan Tool
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Sensor Replacement - Lower Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Off Mode
            • Recirculation Mode
            • Automatic Modes
          • Air Distribution
            • Notes
            • Front Defrost Mode
            • Mode Switch
            • Dual Zone Control Switch
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Personalization
            • Air Temperature Actuators
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Notes
            • Dual Zone Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Specifications
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Using the Maintenance Schedule
        • Scheduled Maintenance
        • Additional Required Services
        • Maintenance Footnotes
          • Footnotes
        • Explanation of Scheduled Services
          • Engine Oil
          • What Kind of Engine Oil to Use
          • Engine Oil Additives
          • When to Change Engine Oil-GM Oil Life System
          • Tire and Wheel Inspection and Rotation
          • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
          • Automatic Transaxle Fluid
          • Cooling System
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Windshield Washer Fluid
          • Brake Fluid
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
          • Resetting Procedure
        • Owner Checks and Services
          • Notes
          • At Each Fuel Fill
            • Notes
            • Engine Oil Level
            • Engine Coolant Level
            • Windshield Washer Fluid Level
          • At Least Once a Month
            • Tire Inflation
            • Cassette Tape Player Service
          • At Least Once a Year
            • Notes
            • Park Brake and Automatic Transmission PARK (P) Mechanism Check
          • Underbody Flushing Service
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, or B0018
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, or B0044
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0057, B0058, or B0059
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0064, B0065, or B0066
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0083 or B0084
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0090
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0091
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0100, B0101, B0102, B0103, B0104, or B0105
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 4
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement (Coil)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel (I/P) Module Disable Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel (I/P) Module Disable Switch LED Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Side Impact Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Description and Operation
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Driver and Passenger Knee Bolsters
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch
          • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Disable Switch Indicator
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Position Switch (SPS)
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensors
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harnesses
          • Steering Wheel and Column
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Belt Tether Location
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Left Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Right Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Belt Tether Location
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Restraint System
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering System - Variable Effort Steering
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Steering Controls Schematic Icons
      • Steering Controls Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Controls Component Views
      • Steering Controls Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC C0450
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Description and Operation
      • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Remote PS Fluid Reservoir Bracket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (MAGNASTEER)
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (MAGNASTEER)
          • Tools Required
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (MAGNASTEER)
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Component Locator
      • Power Steering Gear Disassembled View (Magnasteer)
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Remote PS Fluid Reservoir Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - On Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Gear Rack Bearing Preload Adjustment - Off Vehicle (MAGNASTEER)
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement - Off Vehicle
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Tie Rod Replacement - Inner (MAGNASTEER)
        • Tools Required
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Steering Gear Cylinder Pipe Assemblies/O-Ring Seals Replacement - Off Vehicle (MAGNASTEER)
        • Disassembly Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel And Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Tilt/Telescoping Steering Column Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Column
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • SCLCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DPM Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • BCM Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC B0005
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC B2510
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC B2515
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2853, B2858, B2873, or B2878
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC B2860
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2880
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2897
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC B2907
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC B2910
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Steering Column Tilt/Telescoping Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Steering Column Does Not Tilt Up/Down
        • Test Description
      • Steering Column Does Not Telescope In/Out
        • Test Description
      • Service Column Lock Indicator Always On
      • Service Column Lock Indicator Inoperative
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Inspection Procedure
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Lock Control Module Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Control Module Setup (SCLCM Setup)
        • Notes
        • Set Up Steering Column Lock Control Module
      • Control Module Setup (Column Calibration)
        • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stops
        • Tilt/Telescoping Soft Stop Programming Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Steering Shaft Upper Bearing Spring Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Repairing Scratched Wood Steering Wheels
        • Repair Procedure
      • Tilt Actuator Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Telescope Actuator Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Telescope Actuator Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Electronic Lock Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Lower Bearing and Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Motor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Wire Harness Assembly Replacement (Power Tilt and Telescope)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Tilt/Telescoping Description
        • Tilt/Telescoping Operation
        • Steering Wheel Theft Deterrent Lock Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Electronic Suspension
    • Suspension Control System - Suspension Damping
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Suspension Controls Schematic Icons
        • Suspension Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Suspension Controls Component Views
        • Suspension Controls Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Electronic Suspension Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
          • Notes
          • Data Display
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • ESC Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Definition
        • DTC C0550: ECU Malfunction - Internal Write/Checksum Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0563: Calibration ROM Checksum Error
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0577: LF Solenoid Circuit Low; C0579: LF Solenoid Circuit Open; C0582: RF Solenoid Circuit Low; C0584: RF Solenoid Circuit Open; C0587: LR Solenoid Circuit Low; C0589: LR Solenoid Circuit Open; C0592: RR Solenoid Circuit Low; C0594: RR Solenoid Circuit Open
          • Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • C0577, C0579, C0582, C0584, C0587, C0589, C0592 or C0594
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0577, C0579, C0582, C0584, C0587, C0589, C0592 or C0594
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0577, C0582, C0587 or C0592
            • C0579, C0584, C0589 or C0594
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • C0577, C0582, C0587 or C0592
            • C0579, C0584, C0589 or C0594
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
            • C0577, C0582, C0587 or C0592
            • C0579, C0584, C0589 or C0594
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0577, C0582, C0587 or C0592
            • C0579, C0584, C0589 or C0594
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0578: LF Solenoid Circuit High; C0583: RF Solenoid Circuit High; C0588: LR Solenoid Circuit High; C0593: RR Solenoid Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0615: LF Position Sensor Malfunction; C0620: RF Position Sensor Malfunction; C0625: LR Position Sensor Malfunction; C0630: RR Position Sensor Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0690: Damper Control Relay Circuit Malfunction; C0691: Damper Control Relay Circuit Range; C0693: Damper Control Relay Circuit High
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0695: Position Sensor Overcurrent (8 Volt Supply)
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0896: Electronic Suspension Control (ESC) Voltage Is Outside The Normal Range Of 9-15.5 Volts
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Electronic Suspension Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Soft and Non-Uniform Ride
      • Repair Instructions
        • Electronic Suspension Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Position Sensor Replacement - Electronic Suspension
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Electronic Suspension Control Description and Operation
          • Electronic Suspension Control Description
          • Electronic Suspension Control Module
          • Electronic Suspension Control Position Sensors
          • Electronic Suspension Control Shock Absorber or Strut
          • Electronic Suspension Control Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Crossmember Replacement - Front Suspension
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Transverse Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Ball Joint Replacement
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tool Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (W/F55)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Notes
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
          • D Height Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Crossmember Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Transverse Spring Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement (Outer)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tie Rod Replacement (Inner)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement (W/F55)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Disposal
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension System General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Notes
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • Z Height Adjustment
          • D Height Measurement
          • D Height Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Specifications
    • Wheel Alignment Specifications & Adjustment Procedures
      • Specifications
        • Wheel Alignment Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Measuring Wheel Alignment
        • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
        • Front Toe Adjustment
        • Rear Camber Adjustment
        • Rear Toe Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Caster Description
        • Camber Description
        • Toe Description
        • Thrust Angles Description
        • Lead/Pull Description
        • Memory Steer Description
        • Wander Description
        • Scrub Radius Description
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Data List (Domestic and Europe Export)
        • Scan Tool Data List (Japan Export Only)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Domestic and Europe Export)
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Japan Export Only)
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760, or C0765
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0774
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Using the DIC
          • Using the Scan Tool
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Tools Required
          • TPM Learn Mode Description
          • Sensor Functions Using J-41760
          • Sensor Function Using J-46079
          • TPM Learn Mode Cancellation
          • Sensor Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation (Domestic and Europe Export)
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation (Japan Export Only)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tires and Wheels
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extended Mobility Tires Replacement
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L50-E (Introduction, Service & Replacement)
      • Specifications
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (Unit Repair)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (On Vehicle)
        • Transmission General Specifications
        • Fluid Capacity Specifications
        • Range Reference
        • Shift Solenoid Valve State and Gear Ratio
        • Shift Speed
        • Transmission Internal Mode Switch Logic
        • Line Pressure
        • Component Resistance
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Automatic Transmission Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Electronic Component Views
        • Disassembled Views
        • Component Location
        • Automatic Transmission Internal Connector End Views
        • Automatic Transmission Related Connector End Views
      • Visual Identification
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector End View
      • Repair Instructions
        • Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Shift Control Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Linkage Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Shift Control Linkage Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch/Cruise Control Release Switch Adjustment
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid/Filter Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Line Quick Connect Fitting
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Connector Replacement (Lower Radiator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Connector Replacement (Upper Radiator)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (Front)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Cooler Hose/Pipe Replacement (Rear)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pressure Test Plug Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Internal Electrical Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extension Housing and Seal Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Input Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Output Speed Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Control Valve Body Accumulator Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Control Module (TCM) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Torque Converter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Torque Converter
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Definitions and Abbreviations
          • Throttle Positions
          • Shift Condition Definitions
          • Noise Conditions
          • Driver Shift Control
          • Transmission Abbreviations
        • Transmission Identification Information
        • Transmission General Description
        • Transmission Component and System Description
        • Transmission Adaptive Functions
        • Transmission Indicators and Messages
        • Electronic Component Description
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
          • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly (602)
          • Automatic Transmission Output Speed (A/T OSS) Sensor (42)
          • Automatic Transmission Input Speed (A/T ISS) Sensor (44)
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor
          • Shift Solenoid Valves
          • Torque Converter Clutch Pulse Width Modulation (TCC PWM) Solenoid Valve (352)
          • Pressure Control (PC) Solenoid Valve (357)
          • Duty Cycle, Frequency and Current Flow
            • Notes
            • Transmission Adapt Function
          • Floor Shift Control
        • Automatic Transmission Inline 20-Way Connector Description
        • Limp Home Mode Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L50-E (Diagnostic Information & Procedures)
      • Diagnostic Information & Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission
        • Diagnostic System Check - Automatic Transmission
          • Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Type A
          • Type B
          • Type C
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L50-E (DTC P0115 To DTC P0742)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0115
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0120
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0218
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0500
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0562
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0563
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0601
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0602
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0603
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0604
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0711
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
            • Condition 3
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running The DTC
          • Conditions for Setting The DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0716
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0717
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0722
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0723
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0727
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0731
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0732
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0733
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0734
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0735
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0741
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0742
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L50-E (DTC P0748 To DTC P1825)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0748
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0751
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0752
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0756
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0757
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0761
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0762
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0815
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0816
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0826
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0850
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Condition 1
            • Condition 2
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0897
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DIC/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0973
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0974
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0976
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0977
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0979
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0980
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1621
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1793
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P1815
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1820
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1822
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1823
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1825
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L50-E (DTC P1826 To DTC P2764)
      • Diagnosis
        • DTC P1826
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1831
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/DIC
        • DTC P1832
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC/DIC
        • DTC P1833
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1834
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1876
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2544
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2637
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P2763
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2764
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
    • Automatic Transmission - 5L50-E (Troubleshooting)
      • Troubleshooting
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission
        • TAP Shift Circuit Performance
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Transmission Fluid Checking Procedure
        • Line Pressure Check Procedure
        • Road Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Electrical Function Check
          • Upshift Control and Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
          • Part Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Full Throttle Detent Downshift
          • Manual Downshifts
          • Coasting Downshifts
          • Manual Gear Range Selection
          • Driver Shift Control
        • Torque Converter Diagnosis Procedure
          • Notes
          • Torque Converter Stator
          • Poor Acceleration at Low Speed
          • Poor Acceleration at High Speed
          • Noise
          • Torque Converter Clutch Shudder
          • If Shudder Occurs During TCC Apply or Release
          • If Shudder Occurs After TCC has Applied
        • Flexplate/Torque Converter Vibration Test
          • Isolating Vibration
          • Indexing Torque Converter
        • Noise and Vibration Analysis
        • Buzz Noise or High Frequency Rattle Sound
        • Whine Noise Varying with RPM or Fluid Pressure
        • Popping Noise
        • Noise in Random Ranges
        • Clutch Plate Diagnosis
          • Composition Plates
          • Steel Plates
          • Causes of Burned Clutch Plates
        • Engine Coolant/Water in Transmission
        • Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • General Method
          • Powder Method
          • Dye and Black Light Method
          • Find the Cause of the Leak
          • Possible Points of Fluid Leaks
        • Case Porosity Repair
        • Shift Solenoid Leak Test
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J35944 A)
          • Notes
          • Tools Required
          • Preparation
          • Back Flush
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Clean-up
        • Automatic Transmission Oil Cooler Flushing and Flow Test (J45096)
          • Notes
          • Cooler Flow Check and Flushing Steps
          • Machine Set-up
          • Determine Minimum Flow Rate
          • Back Flush Procedure
          • Forward Flush
          • Flow Test
          • Code Recording Procedure
          • Clean-up
        • Slips or Shudders in First Gear
        • No Drive in All Ranges
        • No First Gear
        • First Gear Only
        • No Second Gear
        • First and Second Gears Only
        • First, Fourth, and Fifth Gears Only
        • Second and Third Gears Only
        • No Third Gear
        • No Fourth Gear, or Slips in Fourth Gear
        • Fifth Gear Only
        • Harsh Shift 4 to 5, or 5 to 4
        • Harsh Shift D to R
        • Harsh Shifts
        • Harsh Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Apply
        • No Engine Braking in First, Second, and Third Gear
        • No Engine Braking in First Gear
        • No Engine Braking in Second Gear
        • No Engine Braking in Third Gear
        • Inaccurate Shift Points
        • No Fifth Gear
        • No Reverse or Slips in Reverse
        • Slips while Shifting
        • Degraded 1-2 and 2-1 Shifts
        • Degraded 2-3 and 3-2 Shifts
        • Degraded 4-5 Shift
        • Drives with Selector Lever in Position N
        • No Engagement of Torque Converter Clutch (TCC)
        • Fluid Pressure High or Low
        • No Engine Braking
        • Automatic Transmission Overheating
    • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams - 5L40-E/5L50-E
      • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Remote Control Door Lock Receiver (RCDLR)
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM)
        • DTC B2710
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
  • Automatic Transmission Hydraulic Diagrams - 5L40-E/5L50-E
    • Automatic Transmission System Hydraulic Diagrams
• External Pages